1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
125 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
126 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
127 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
130 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
134 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
135 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
136 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
138 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
143 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
148 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
149 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
151 /* This function may be called more than once. */
152 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
155 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
157 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
158 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
159 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
160 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
163 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
167 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
169 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
173 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
175 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
177 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
178 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
183 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
184 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
186 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
188 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
189 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
190 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
191 a global offset table. */
192 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
193 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
194 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
202 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
204 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
206 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
208 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
209 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
211 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
212 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
213 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
214 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
215 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
218 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
220 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
226 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
229 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
231 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
232 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
239 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
240 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
241 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
242 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
243 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
246 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
253 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
256 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
259 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
262 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
263 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
265 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
267 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
268 shared library does not. */
269 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
271 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
272 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
277 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
278 if they are not needed. */
279 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
280 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
282 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
285 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
286 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
288 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
291 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
292 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
294 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
297 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
298 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
300 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
302 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
309 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
311 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
314 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
315 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
316 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
317 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
318 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
319 to decide how to initialize the process. */
320 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
321 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
328 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
330 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
332 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
335 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
337 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
338 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
340 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
342 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
343 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
344 variable count of 32-bit words. */
345 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
346 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
348 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
351 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
352 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
353 the .got and .plt sections. */
354 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
355 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
358 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
363 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
366 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
368 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
372 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
374 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
375 .rel[a].bss sections. */
376 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
379 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
380 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
381 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
382 to read in from the object file. */
383 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
385 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
386 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
387 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
389 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
391 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
395 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
397 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
399 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
400 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
401 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
406 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
407 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
408 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
409 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
411 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
415 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
418 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
420 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
421 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
422 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
423 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
424 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
425 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
426 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
427 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
432 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
434 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
436 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
437 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
439 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
445 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
446 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
447 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
448 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
449 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
450 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
451 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
452 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
453 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
454 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
456 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
458 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
459 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
460 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
461 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
463 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
467 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
469 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
470 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
471 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
472 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
474 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
475 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
477 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
485 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
486 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
487 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
488 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
489 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
490 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
494 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
497 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
499 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
504 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
505 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
506 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
507 this would not be necessary. */
508 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
512 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
513 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
516 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
524 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
525 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
527 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
530 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
531 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
536 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
538 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
539 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
541 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
542 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
543 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
544 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
545 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
548 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
553 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
555 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
561 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
564 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
566 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
568 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
570 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
571 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
574 if ((info
->dynamic_data
575 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
576 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
578 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
579 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
581 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
582 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
586 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
587 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
590 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
591 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
596 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
597 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
598 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
600 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
603 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
604 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
608 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
609 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
611 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
613 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
614 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
617 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
618 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
620 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
624 switch (h
->root
.type
)
626 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
627 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
628 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
630 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
631 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
632 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
633 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
634 may depend on this. */
635 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
636 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
637 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
639 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
640 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
644 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
645 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
646 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
648 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
649 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
650 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
651 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
653 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
654 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
655 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
656 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
663 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
664 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
665 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
666 force the correct value. */
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
672 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
673 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
674 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
675 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
679 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
685 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
686 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
687 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
688 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
691 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
693 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
695 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
696 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
701 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
702 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
705 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
708 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
709 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
710 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
711 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
712 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
714 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
722 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
723 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
724 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
727 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
732 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
733 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
734 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
737 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
738 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
740 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
743 /* See if the entry exists already. */
744 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
745 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
748 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
749 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
753 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
754 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
755 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
757 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
761 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
762 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
766 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
767 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
769 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
770 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
771 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
776 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
777 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
778 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
780 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
783 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
784 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
789 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
790 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
792 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
794 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
796 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
797 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
798 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
799 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
802 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
804 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
806 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
811 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
814 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
818 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
820 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
821 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
826 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
827 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
828 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
831 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
834 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
839 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
840 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
846 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
847 STB_LOCAL binding. */
850 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
853 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
855 if (!h
->forced_local
)
858 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
859 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
864 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
865 omitted when creating a shared library. */
867 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
868 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
871 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
874 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
878 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
879 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
881 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
882 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
885 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
886 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
888 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
889 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
890 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
892 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
893 against any other section. */
899 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
900 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
901 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
902 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
906 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
907 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
908 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
910 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
912 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
913 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
915 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
917 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
918 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
919 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
920 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
921 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
923 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
925 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
927 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
928 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
931 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
933 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
934 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
935 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
937 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
939 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
940 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
943 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
944 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
945 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
949 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
953 /* Merge st_other field. */
956 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
957 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
958 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
960 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
962 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
963 code might be needed here. */
964 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
965 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
970 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
971 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
973 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
974 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
975 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
976 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
979 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
980 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
981 h
->protected_def
= 1;
984 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
985 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
986 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
987 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
988 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
989 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
990 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
991 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
992 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
993 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
994 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
995 type or size does change. */
998 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
999 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1001 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1004 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1006 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1007 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1009 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1010 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1011 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1012 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1014 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1015 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1016 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1020 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1021 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1022 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1029 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1031 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1032 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1034 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1035 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1040 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1042 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1043 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1045 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1046 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1049 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1051 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1052 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1054 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1057 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1061 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1066 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1067 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1069 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1070 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1071 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1075 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1079 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1080 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1081 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1082 the same symbol version. */
1083 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1084 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1085 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1086 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1091 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1095 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1096 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1101 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1102 have the same symbol version. */
1103 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1104 || (old_version
!= NULL
1105 && new_version
!= NULL
1106 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1111 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1116 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1121 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1122 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1123 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1126 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1127 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1128 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1129 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1132 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1133 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1134 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1136 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1139 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1142 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1143 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1144 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1145 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1147 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1149 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1150 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1151 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1154 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1155 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1157 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1159 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1160 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1162 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1164 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1165 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1166 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1167 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1168 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1169 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1170 reference to the executable symbol. */
1173 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1175 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1177 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1178 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1183 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1186 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1190 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1191 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1192 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1194 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1200 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1201 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1202 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1203 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1204 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1205 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1207 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1208 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1209 || !h
->def_regular
))
1214 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1215 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1217 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1218 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1219 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1222 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1223 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1225 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1227 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1228 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1229 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1231 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1232 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1234 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1235 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1237 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1238 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1240 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from a
1241 dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if there is
1242 an existing regular definition with a different type. We don't
1243 want, for example, a "time" variable in the executable overriding
1244 a "time" function in a shared library. */
1245 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1249 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1250 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1251 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1252 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1253 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1259 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1260 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1261 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1263 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1264 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1265 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1266 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1269 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1270 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1272 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1293 /* xgettext:c-format */
1294 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1295 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1296 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1297 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1299 /* xgettext:c-format */
1300 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1301 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1302 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1305 /* xgettext:c-format */
1306 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1307 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1308 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1311 /* xgettext:c-format */
1312 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1313 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1314 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1316 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1320 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1321 definition from a dynamic object. */
1323 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1324 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1327 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1329 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1330 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1331 recorded as dynamic.
1333 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1334 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1335 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1340 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1343 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1344 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1345 object, we remove the old definition. */
1346 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1348 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1349 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1350 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1351 was referenced before. */
1354 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1355 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1356 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1358 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1359 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1361 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1362 any dynamic link state. */
1363 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1364 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1371 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1381 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1382 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1383 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1384 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1385 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1386 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1387 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1388 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1390 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1391 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1395 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1396 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1399 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1401 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1402 any dynamic link state. */
1403 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1404 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1410 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1416 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1417 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1418 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1419 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1420 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1421 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1422 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1424 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1425 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1427 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1429 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1432 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1433 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1434 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1436 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1437 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1438 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1443 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1444 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1446 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1447 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1450 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1451 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1453 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1454 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1455 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1456 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1457 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1458 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1459 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1460 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1461 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1462 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1463 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1466 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1467 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1469 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1470 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1471 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1472 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1473 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1479 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1480 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1483 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1485 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1489 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1491 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1492 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1495 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1497 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1499 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1500 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1501 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1503 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1508 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1509 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1514 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1516 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1517 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1518 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1519 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1520 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1522 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1523 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1524 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1525 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1527 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1530 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1531 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1532 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1533 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1534 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1535 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1537 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1538 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1539 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1540 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1541 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1542 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. A common
1543 symbol in executable also overrides a symbol in a shared object. */
1548 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1551 || (!olddyn
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))))))
1555 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1557 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1558 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1560 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1561 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1562 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1563 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1564 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1566 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1567 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1570 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1571 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1572 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1573 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1577 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1581 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1582 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1583 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1584 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1587 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1588 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1590 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1591 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1592 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1593 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1599 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1600 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1602 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1603 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1604 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1608 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1613 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1614 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1615 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1616 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1617 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1619 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1620 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1621 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1626 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1627 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1632 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1633 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1636 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1637 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1638 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1641 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1643 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1644 overriding a function. */
1646 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1650 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1651 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1654 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1656 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1659 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1662 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1663 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1664 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1665 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1668 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1669 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1670 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1671 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1672 in the shared library. */
1675 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1678 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1679 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1680 or the alignment. */
1681 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1682 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1684 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1685 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1687 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1690 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1691 in the dynamic object. */
1692 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1693 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1696 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1698 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1699 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1701 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1702 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1704 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1707 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1712 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1713 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1714 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1715 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1716 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1717 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1718 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1719 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1723 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1730 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1731 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1732 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1733 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1736 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1737 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1740 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1744 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1746 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1747 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1750 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1751 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1752 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1753 bfd_boolean collect
;
1754 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1755 bfd_boolean override
;
1757 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1759 bfd_boolean matched
;
1761 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1764 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1765 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1766 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1767 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1768 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1769 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1773 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1778 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1780 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1784 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1789 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1795 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1796 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1797 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1799 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1800 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1801 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1803 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1804 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1806 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1807 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1808 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1809 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1810 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1811 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1814 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1815 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1816 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1822 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1824 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1825 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1826 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1827 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1828 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1829 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1834 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1835 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1836 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1838 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1842 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1843 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1849 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1850 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1853 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1854 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1855 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1856 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1858 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1863 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1864 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1865 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1866 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1867 name, and it is the default version.
1869 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1870 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1871 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1873 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1874 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1875 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1876 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1877 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1878 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1879 definition in the regular object. */
1881 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1882 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1883 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1885 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1886 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1890 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1894 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1899 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1900 other fields correctly. */
1904 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1905 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1906 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1908 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1909 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1910 the user in that case. */
1912 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1914 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1916 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1917 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1919 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1920 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1921 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1922 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1923 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1925 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1931 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1938 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1944 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1948 len
= strlen (name
);
1949 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1950 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1952 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1953 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1955 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1956 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1957 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1959 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1960 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1961 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1969 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1970 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1971 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1972 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1973 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1975 /* xgettext:c-format */
1976 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1982 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1983 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1984 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1986 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1988 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1989 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1990 to the user in that case. */
1992 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1994 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1995 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1996 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1998 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2004 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2010 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2020 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2021 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2024 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2026 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2028 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2029 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2032 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2033 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2036 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2037 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2038 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2039 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2041 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2051 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2052 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2053 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2054 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2057 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2060 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2061 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2062 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2065 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2070 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2071 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2072 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2075 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2076 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2080 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2083 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2084 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2090 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2095 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2098 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2102 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2103 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2104 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2108 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2111 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2115 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2116 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2117 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2119 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2121 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2122 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2124 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2127 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2134 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2135 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2136 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2137 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2140 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2142 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2143 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2144 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2145 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2148 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2151 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2154 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2157 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2161 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2163 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2166 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2167 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2168 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2170 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2173 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2176 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2180 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2181 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2183 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2187 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2189 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2190 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2193 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2196 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2197 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2198 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2199 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2201 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2205 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2206 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2208 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2210 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2212 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2215 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2216 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2224 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2225 version node for this version. */
2226 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2228 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2231 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2232 to worry about it. */
2233 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2236 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2240 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2245 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2249 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2250 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2251 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2253 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2257 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2261 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2265 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2266 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2268 /* xgettext:c-format */
2269 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2270 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2272 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2277 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2279 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2284 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2285 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2286 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2287 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2293 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2294 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2295 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2296 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2297 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2298 relocations should be stored.
2300 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2303 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2305 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2306 void *external_relocs
,
2307 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2310 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2311 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2312 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2313 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2317 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2318 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2321 /* Read the relocations. */
2322 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2325 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2326 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2328 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2330 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2331 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2332 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2333 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2334 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2337 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2341 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2342 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2343 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2344 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2348 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2349 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2350 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2354 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2357 /* xgettext:c-format */
2358 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2359 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2361 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2366 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2369 /* xgettext:c-format */
2370 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2371 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2373 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2374 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2377 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2378 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2384 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2385 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2386 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2387 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2388 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2389 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2390 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2391 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2392 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2395 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2397 void *external_relocs
,
2398 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2399 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2401 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2402 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2404 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2405 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2407 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2408 return esdo
->relocs
;
2410 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2413 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2417 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2418 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2420 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2422 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2423 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2427 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2429 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2432 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2434 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2436 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2439 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2442 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2445 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2449 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2450 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2451 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2452 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2456 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2458 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2461 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2463 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2468 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2469 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2471 return internal_relocs
;
2479 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2486 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2487 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2490 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2491 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2493 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2495 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2496 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2498 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2499 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2500 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2501 we zero the allocated space. */
2502 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2503 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2506 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2510 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2511 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2515 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2521 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2522 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2526 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2527 asection
*input_section
,
2528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2529 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2530 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2533 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2534 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2536 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2537 asection
*output_section
;
2538 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2539 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2540 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2542 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2544 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2545 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2546 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2548 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2549 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2551 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2552 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2554 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2555 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2560 /* xgettext:c-format */
2561 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2562 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2563 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2567 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2568 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2569 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2570 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2571 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2572 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2574 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2575 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2576 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2579 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2581 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2586 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2589 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2590 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2592 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2594 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2595 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2600 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2601 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2602 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2603 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2604 the face of future changes. */
2607 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2608 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2610 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2612 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2613 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2614 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2615 an ELF dynamic object. */
2618 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2619 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2621 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2622 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2625 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2629 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2630 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2631 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2634 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2640 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2644 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2653 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2654 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2655 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2656 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2657 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2658 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2659 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2660 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2662 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2663 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2664 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2665 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2666 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2670 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2671 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2672 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2673 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2676 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2677 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2678 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2679 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2680 flag will not have been set. */
2681 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2685 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2688 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2689 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2690 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2691 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2692 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2694 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2695 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2697 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2698 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2699 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2703 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2705 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2706 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2707 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2708 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2709 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2710 will force it local. */
2711 else if (h
->needs_plt
2712 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2713 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2714 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2715 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2718 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2720 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2721 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2722 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2725 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2726 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2727 over to the real definition. */
2728 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2730 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2731 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2732 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2733 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2734 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2739 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2740 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2742 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2743 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2744 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2745 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2746 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2747 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2754 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2755 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2759 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2761 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2763 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2765 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2768 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2769 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2772 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2773 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2776 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2777 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2778 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2779 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2780 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2781 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2782 referenced by another one? */
2784 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2788 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2790 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2794 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2795 can happen via a recursive call. */
2796 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2799 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2800 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2801 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2802 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2803 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2805 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2806 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2807 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2808 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2810 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2811 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2812 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2813 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2814 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2815 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2816 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2819 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2820 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2821 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2822 extern int timezone;
2824 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2825 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2826 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2827 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2828 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2829 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2830 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2831 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2833 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2835 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2836 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2837 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2839 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2840 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2841 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2845 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2846 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2847 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2848 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2849 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2851 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2854 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2855 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2857 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2858 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2860 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2869 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2873 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2877 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2879 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2881 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2882 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2883 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2884 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2885 for the minimum alignment. */
2886 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2887 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2888 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2894 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2897 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2898 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2903 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2904 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2906 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2907 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2908 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2910 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2911 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2913 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2914 if (h
->protected_def
2915 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2916 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2917 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2918 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2919 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2920 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2925 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2926 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2929 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2933 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2934 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2935 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2936 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2938 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2940 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2941 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2942 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2943 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2944 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2950 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2951 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2952 considered to bind dynamically. */
2955 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2957 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2959 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2960 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2961 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2966 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2967 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2968 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2970 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2971 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2973 if (h
->forced_local
)
2976 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2977 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2978 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
2979 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
2981 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2988 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2989 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2992 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2994 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2995 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2996 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2997 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2998 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3005 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3006 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3009 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3010 us that it remains local. */
3011 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3014 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3015 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3016 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3017 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3018 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
3019 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
3020 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
3021 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
3022 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3023 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3024 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3025 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3028 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3029 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3030 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3032 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3033 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3035 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3039 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3040 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3041 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3044 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3045 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3046 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3048 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3049 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3050 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3053 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3054 if (h
->forced_local
)
3057 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
3058 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3061 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3062 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3063 shared libraries. */
3064 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3067 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3068 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3069 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3072 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3073 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3076 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3078 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3079 symbols are local. */
3080 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3081 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3082 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3083 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3086 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3087 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3088 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3089 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3090 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3091 return local_protected
;
3094 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3095 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3097 struct bfd_section
*
3098 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3100 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3101 unsigned int align
= 0;
3103 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3104 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3108 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3109 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3110 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3112 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3114 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3115 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3117 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3122 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3124 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3127 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3129 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3130 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3131 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3134 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3135 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3136 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3139 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3140 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3143 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3144 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3145 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3148 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3149 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3150 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3151 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3153 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3155 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3156 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3157 in the same way that it used to do. */
3163 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3164 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3165 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3167 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3169 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3173 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3174 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3175 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3178 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3182 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3185 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3186 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3187 get the correct symbol table. */
3188 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3189 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3190 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3191 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3195 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3197 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3198 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3200 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3201 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3203 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3205 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3207 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3208 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3209 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3211 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3216 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3217 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3220 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3223 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3224 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3226 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3229 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3231 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3235 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3240 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3242 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3252 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3255 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3259 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3262 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3263 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3264 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3266 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3267 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3271 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3272 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3274 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3275 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3276 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3280 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3281 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3284 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3289 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3290 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3291 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3294 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3295 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3299 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3302 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3305 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3306 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3307 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3310 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3313 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3316 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3317 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3319 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3320 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3321 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3323 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3325 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3326 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3327 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3329 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3337 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3340 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3344 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3345 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3350 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3351 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3355 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3356 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3357 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3359 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3360 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3361 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3362 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3363 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3364 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3365 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3366 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3367 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3368 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3369 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3375 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3377 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3379 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3380 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3381 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3383 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3384 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3385 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3387 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3390 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3392 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3394 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3395 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3398 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3399 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3402 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3404 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3406 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3407 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3411 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3415 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3417 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3418 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3419 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3420 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3423 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3426 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3427 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3429 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3430 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3431 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3433 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3434 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3435 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3436 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3438 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3440 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3444 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3454 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3459 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3462 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3463 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3464 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3465 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3467 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3468 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3470 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3471 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3476 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3477 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3479 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3483 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3485 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3486 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3488 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3490 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3491 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3492 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3494 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3495 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3496 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3499 while (def
.vd_next
);
3502 /* Adjust version references. */
3503 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3508 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3509 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3511 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3515 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3517 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3518 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3519 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3520 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3521 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3523 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3524 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3525 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3527 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3529 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3530 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3533 while (need
.vn_next
);
3539 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3540 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3544 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3545 const bfd_target
*output
)
3547 return input
== output
;
3550 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3551 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3552 are virtually identical. */
3555 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3556 const bfd_target
*output
)
3558 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3560 if (input
== output
)
3563 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3564 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3566 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3569 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3570 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3573 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3574 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3575 processing the lib. */
3578 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3579 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3580 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3582 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3585 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3588 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3590 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3591 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3593 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3594 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3597 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3598 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3599 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3600 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3601 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3602 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3603 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3604 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3605 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3606 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3608 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3609 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3610 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3611 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3612 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3613 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3614 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3618 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3620 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3623 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3624 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3625 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3626 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3627 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3628 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3629 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3632 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3634 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3637 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3639 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3640 free (internal_relocs
);
3650 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3653 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3655 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3656 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3660 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3661 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3662 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3663 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3666 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3667 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3668 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3670 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3671 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3672 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3674 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3675 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3676 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3677 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3678 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3680 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3681 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3682 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3685 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3687 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3688 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3690 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3696 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3697 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3698 the format of the output file. */
3699 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3700 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3701 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3703 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3711 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3712 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3713 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3714 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3715 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3716 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3717 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3718 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3719 /* xgettext:c-format */
3720 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3721 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3723 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3724 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3725 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3726 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3727 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3728 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3732 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3733 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3738 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3740 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3741 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3742 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3743 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3744 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3745 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3746 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3747 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3751 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3753 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3755 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3757 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3758 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3763 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3767 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3772 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3773 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3774 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3777 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3779 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3780 not get copied into the output file. */
3783 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3784 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3785 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3790 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3791 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3796 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3797 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3798 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3799 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3800 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3801 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3802 make a shared library. */
3804 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3805 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3806 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3807 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3808 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3809 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3811 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3815 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3819 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3821 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3822 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
3825 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3826 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3830 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3831 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3832 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3833 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3834 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3835 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3837 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3838 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3839 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3841 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3846 unsigned int elfsec
;
3847 unsigned long shlink
;
3849 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3856 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3857 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3858 goto error_free_dyn
;
3859 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3861 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3862 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3863 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3865 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3867 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3868 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3870 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3871 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3873 goto error_free_dyn
;
3875 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3877 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3879 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3881 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3882 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3883 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3884 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3885 goto error_free_dyn
;
3886 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3887 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3889 goto error_free_dyn
;
3890 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3894 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3898 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3900 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3902 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3904 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3905 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3906 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3907 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3908 goto error_free_dyn
;
3909 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3910 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3912 goto error_free_dyn
;
3913 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3917 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3923 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3924 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3926 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3928 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3930 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3931 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3932 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3933 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3934 goto error_free_dyn
;
3935 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3936 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3938 goto error_free_dyn
;
3939 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3949 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3951 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3952 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3959 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3960 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3966 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3967 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3972 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
3973 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
3974 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
3975 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
3976 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
3977 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
3979 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3980 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3981 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
3982 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
3983 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3987 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3988 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3989 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3990 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3991 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3992 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3994 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3996 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3997 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3998 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3999 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4001 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4003 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4004 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4005 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4008 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4009 will need to know it. */
4010 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4012 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4016 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4017 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4018 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4022 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4023 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4026 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4027 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4028 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4029 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4031 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4032 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4034 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4036 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4038 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4039 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4041 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4043 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4048 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4049 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4052 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4053 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4055 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4057 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4060 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4062 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4065 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4066 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4067 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4068 goto error_free_sym
;
4069 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4075 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4076 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4077 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4078 goto error_free_sym
;
4080 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4081 to internal format. */
4082 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4084 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4086 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4087 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4088 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4089 goto error_free_sym
;
4090 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4091 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4092 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4093 goto error_free_vers
;
4097 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4098 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4099 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4100 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4105 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4107 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4108 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4110 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4112 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4113 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4114 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4115 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4119 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4120 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4121 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4122 goto error_free_vers
;
4124 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4125 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4126 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4127 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4128 goto error_free_vers
;
4130 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4131 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4132 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4133 goto error_free_vers
;
4135 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4136 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4137 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4138 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4139 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4140 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4141 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4142 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4143 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4144 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4145 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4146 goto error_free_vers
;
4148 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4150 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4151 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4153 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4155 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4156 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4158 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4160 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4161 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4168 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4169 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4171 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4175 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4178 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4179 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4180 bfd_boolean definition
;
4181 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4182 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4183 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4184 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4185 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4186 bfd_boolean override
;
4188 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4189 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4191 bfd_boolean matched
;
4195 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4197 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4198 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4201 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4205 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4206 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4207 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4212 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4220 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4221 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4225 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4229 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4230 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4231 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4232 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4233 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4235 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4236 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4237 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4238 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4242 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4244 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4245 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4247 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4249 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4251 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4253 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4257 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4260 goto error_free_vers
;
4262 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4263 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4265 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4269 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4271 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4273 goto error_free_vers
;
4277 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4278 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4279 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4281 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4285 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4286 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4287 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4289 goto error_free_vers
;
4293 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4295 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4297 goto error_free_vers
;
4299 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4300 should be skipped for some reason. */
4305 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4309 goto error_free_vers
;
4312 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4313 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4314 for this executable. */
4315 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4316 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4319 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4320 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4325 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4326 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4333 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4335 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4336 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4341 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4342 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4343 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4348 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4350 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4352 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4353 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4354 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4355 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4356 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4357 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4359 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4360 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4363 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4366 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4368 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4370 else if (vernum
> 1)
4372 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4379 /* xgettext:c-format */
4380 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4382 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4383 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4384 goto error_free_vers
;
4389 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4390 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4391 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4393 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4396 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4400 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4402 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4404 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4406 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4416 /* xgettext:c-format */
4417 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4418 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4419 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4420 goto error_free_vers
;
4424 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4425 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4426 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4427 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4428 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4431 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4432 if (newname
== NULL
)
4433 goto error_free_vers
;
4434 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4435 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4437 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4438 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4439 default version of the symbol. */
4440 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4441 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4443 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4448 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4449 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4450 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4453 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4454 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4455 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4457 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4458 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4459 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4460 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4462 goto error_free_vers
;
4467 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4469 if (override
&& matched
)
4473 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4474 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4475 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4477 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4480 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4483 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4484 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4485 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4486 goto error_free_vers
;
4488 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4489 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4490 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4491 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4494 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4497 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4498 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4499 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4501 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4502 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4508 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4509 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4513 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4514 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4515 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4517 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4518 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4519 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4520 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4521 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4522 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4523 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4524 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4525 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4526 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4527 definition anyhow. */
4529 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4534 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4535 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4536 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4541 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4544 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4545 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4546 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4548 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4549 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4551 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4554 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4556 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4557 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4558 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4559 object and a shared object. */
4560 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4562 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4563 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4564 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4571 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4572 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4584 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4585 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4586 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4587 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4597 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4602 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4605 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4606 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4607 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4610 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4612 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4616 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4617 the default name. */
4619 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4620 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4621 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4622 goto error_free_vers
;
4624 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4625 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4626 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4627 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4628 alignment is maintained. */
4629 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4630 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4632 unsigned int common_align
;
4633 unsigned int normal_align
;
4634 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4638 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4639 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4641 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4642 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4643 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4644 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4646 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4647 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4648 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4651 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4655 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4656 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4661 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4663 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4666 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4668 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4669 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4671 /* xgettext:c-format */
4672 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4673 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4674 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4675 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4678 /* xgettext:c-format */
4679 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4680 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4681 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4682 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4686 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4687 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4688 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4689 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4692 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4693 && ! size_change_ok
)
4695 /* xgettext:c-format */
4696 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4697 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4699 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4700 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4702 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4705 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4706 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4707 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4708 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4709 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4711 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4712 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4714 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4715 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4716 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4717 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4719 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4721 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4723 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4724 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4727 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4729 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4730 /* xgettext:c-format */
4732 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4733 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4734 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4740 /* Merge st_other field. */
4741 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4743 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4745 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4746 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4749 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4750 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4755 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4756 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4759 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4761 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4762 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4764 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4765 aliases can be checked. */
4768 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4769 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4771 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4773 goto error_free_vers
;
4775 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4779 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4781 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4782 goto error_free_vers
;
4783 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4785 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4787 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4788 goto error_free_vers
;
4791 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4792 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4793 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4795 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4799 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4804 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4805 for unmatched symbol. */
4810 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4812 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4813 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4814 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4815 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4816 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4819 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4821 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4822 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4824 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4825 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4826 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4827 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4830 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4833 /* xgettext:c-format */
4834 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4836 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4837 goto error_free_vers
;
4840 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4841 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4844 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4846 goto error_free_vers
;
4848 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4853 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4859 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4865 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4869 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4870 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4871 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4872 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4873 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4874 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4875 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4876 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4877 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4878 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4879 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4882 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4884 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4885 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4887 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4889 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4891 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4892 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4893 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4895 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4896 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4897 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4899 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4901 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4902 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4907 alignment_power
= 0;
4909 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4910 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4911 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4912 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4914 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4915 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4916 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4918 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4920 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4921 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4922 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4923 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4928 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4929 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4930 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4931 goto error_free_vers
;
4934 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4936 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4937 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4941 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4943 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4944 goto error_free_vers
;
4949 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
4950 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
4951 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4952 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4956 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4959 char *shortname
, *p
;
4961 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4963 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4964 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4967 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4968 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4970 goto error_free_vers
;
4971 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4972 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4974 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4975 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4976 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4978 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4979 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4980 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4982 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4983 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4984 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4985 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4986 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4988 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4989 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4991 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4997 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4998 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5001 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
5002 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5003 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5004 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5005 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5006 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5007 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5008 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5009 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5010 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5011 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5012 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5016 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5018 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5022 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5023 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5024 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5026 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5027 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5028 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5030 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5031 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5032 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5034 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5038 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5039 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5047 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5048 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5051 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5053 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5056 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5059 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
5060 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
5062 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5063 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5064 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
5065 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
5066 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5067 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5073 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5075 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5076 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5083 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5093 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5097 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5098 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5099 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5100 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5103 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5104 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5105 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5109 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5110 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5111 the largest size. */
5114 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5116 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5117 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5118 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5120 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5122 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5124 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5125 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5127 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5129 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5132 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5137 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5138 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5139 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5140 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5141 real definition and the weak definition. */
5142 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5144 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5145 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5152 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5155 if (bed
->check_directives
5156 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5159 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5160 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5163 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5164 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5166 && ! info
->traditional_format
5167 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5168 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5172 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5173 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5175 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5178 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5179 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5180 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5181 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5182 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5183 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5185 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5187 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5188 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5189 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5192 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5193 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5198 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5200 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5201 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5203 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5207 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5214 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5216 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5218 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5219 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5220 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5223 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5229 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5230 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5233 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5234 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5237 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5241 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5245 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5246 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5247 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5248 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5250 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5251 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5254 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5255 len
= strlen (name
);
5256 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5258 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5260 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5261 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5262 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5264 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5267 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5269 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5270 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5271 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5274 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5278 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5279 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5280 handle versioned symbols.
5282 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5283 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5284 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5285 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5288 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5289 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5292 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5295 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5299 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5301 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5303 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5305 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5306 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5312 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5313 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5314 second and subsequent passes. */
5315 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5319 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5320 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5321 if (included
== NULL
)
5324 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5325 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5326 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5339 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5340 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5344 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5349 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5355 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5356 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5362 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5364 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5365 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5366 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5367 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5370 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5371 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5372 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5373 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5374 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5376 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5379 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5381 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5382 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5387 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5388 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5389 if (element
== NULL
)
5392 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5395 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5397 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5398 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5400 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5403 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5404 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5405 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5406 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5407 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5408 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5409 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5410 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5413 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5414 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5418 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5423 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5425 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5426 on through the loop. */
5427 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5437 if (included
!= NULL
)
5442 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5446 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5448 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5451 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5453 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5455 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5460 struct hash_codes_info
5462 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5466 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5467 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5470 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5472 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5477 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5478 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5481 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5482 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5484 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5487 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5493 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5494 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5499 /* Compute the hash value. */
5500 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5502 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5503 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5505 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5507 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5515 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5518 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5519 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5520 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5521 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5522 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5523 unsigned long int *indx
;
5524 unsigned long int *counts
;
5527 long int min_dynindx
;
5528 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5529 unsigned long int symindx
;
5530 long int local_indx
;
5531 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5532 unsigned long int mask
;
5536 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5537 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5540 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5542 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5547 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5548 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5551 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5552 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5555 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5556 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5558 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5561 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5567 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5568 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5573 /* Compute the hash value. */
5574 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5576 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5577 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5578 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5579 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5581 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5582 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5590 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5591 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5594 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5596 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5597 unsigned long int bucket
;
5598 unsigned long int val
;
5600 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5601 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5604 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5605 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5607 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5608 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5612 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5613 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5614 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5615 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5617 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5618 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5619 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5620 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5622 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5623 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5624 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5625 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5629 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5632 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5634 return !(h
->forced_local
5635 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5636 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5637 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5638 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5639 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5642 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5643 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5644 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5645 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5646 than 32771 buckets. */
5648 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5650 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5654 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5655 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5656 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5657 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5658 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5659 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5660 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5661 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5663 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5664 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5665 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5668 size_t best_size
= 0;
5669 unsigned long int i
;
5671 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5672 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5673 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5674 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5679 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5680 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5681 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5682 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5683 unsigned long int *counts
;
5685 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5687 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5688 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5690 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5693 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5698 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5702 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5703 since the size could be large. */
5705 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5706 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5710 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5711 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5713 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5715 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5716 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5717 unsigned long int j
;
5718 unsigned long int fact
;
5720 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5723 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5725 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5726 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5727 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5729 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5730 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5731 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5732 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5733 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5734 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5735 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5738 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5740 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5743 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5744 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5745 over a few long chains). */
5746 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5747 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5749 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5750 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5753 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5754 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5755 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5756 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5757 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5759 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5760 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5761 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5765 /* Compare with current best results. */
5766 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5770 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5772 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5773 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5774 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5781 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5783 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5784 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5785 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5786 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5788 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5789 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5792 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5799 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5802 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5806 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5807 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5808 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5813 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5814 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5815 undefined it is initialized. */
5818 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5819 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5820 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5821 bfd_vma default_size
)
5823 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5825 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5827 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5828 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5829 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5830 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5832 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5834 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5835 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5836 if (info
->stacksize
)
5837 /* xgettext:c-format */
5838 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5839 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5840 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5841 /* xgettext:c-format */
5842 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5843 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5845 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5848 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5849 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5850 size, set it now. */
5851 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5853 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5854 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5855 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5857 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5859 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5860 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5861 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5862 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5863 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5866 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5868 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5874 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5875 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5876 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5877 addresses of the various sections. */
5880 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5883 const char *filter_shlib
,
5885 const char *depaudit
,
5886 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5888 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5892 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5893 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5897 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
5899 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5902 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5904 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5905 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5906 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5907 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5908 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5909 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5911 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5912 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5915 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5916 we're dynamic or not. */
5917 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5918 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5921 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5922 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5923 if (info
->execstack
)
5924 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5925 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5926 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5930 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5933 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5935 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5940 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5942 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5945 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5949 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5952 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5953 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5954 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5955 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5956 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5959 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5961 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5963 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5966 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5967 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5969 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5971 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5972 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
5976 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5978 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
5979 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5985 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5987 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5995 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5997 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6000 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6001 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6005 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6009 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6010 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6011 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6012 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6016 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6018 const char * const *p
;
6020 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6024 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6026 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6027 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6036 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6038 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6039 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6043 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6047 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6049 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6050 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6057 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6058 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6059 if (info
->export_dynamic
6060 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6062 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6063 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6069 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6070 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6071 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6072 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6074 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6075 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6076 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6077 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6079 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6081 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6083 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6084 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6086 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6087 if (newname
== NULL
)
6089 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6090 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6092 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6093 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6095 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6096 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6097 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6100 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6101 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6103 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6105 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6106 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6107 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6112 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6113 not defined in a shared object. */
6115 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6116 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6117 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6121 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6122 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6123 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6125 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6126 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6131 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6133 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6135 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6136 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6137 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6140 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6141 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6142 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6147 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6152 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6153 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6154 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6155 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6160 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6161 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6162 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6164 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6165 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6166 h
= (info
->init_function
6167 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6168 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6175 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6178 h
= (info
->fini_function
6179 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6180 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6187 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6191 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6192 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6194 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6195 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6200 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
6201 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6202 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6203 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6204 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6205 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6208 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6213 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6217 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6218 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6221 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6222 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6224 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6225 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6228 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6229 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6231 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6232 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6236 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6237 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6238 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6239 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6240 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6241 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6243 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6245 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6246 if ((info
->emit_hash
6247 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6248 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6249 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6250 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6251 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6252 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6253 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6254 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6259 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6262 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6265 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6266 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6269 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6271 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6272 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6275 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6276 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6277 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6279 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6280 just linking a regular application. */
6281 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6283 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6284 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6285 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6287 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6288 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6293 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6295 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6296 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6297 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6298 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6304 /* Make space for the base version. */
6305 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6306 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6309 /* Make space for the default version. */
6310 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6312 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6316 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6318 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6320 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6324 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6325 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6328 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6329 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6333 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6334 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6337 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6341 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6342 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6345 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6347 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6348 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6352 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6353 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6354 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6357 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6359 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6361 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6362 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6369 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6370 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6371 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6373 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6375 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6377 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6379 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6380 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6381 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6382 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6384 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6386 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6387 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6389 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6391 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6394 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6395 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6397 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6400 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6401 aux block, but different flags. */
6404 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6406 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6407 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6410 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6411 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6412 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6414 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6415 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6416 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6418 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6421 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6423 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6428 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6431 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6433 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6434 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6436 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6438 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6441 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6442 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6444 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6447 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6449 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6450 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6452 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6453 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6454 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6455 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6456 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6459 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6460 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6461 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6462 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6464 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6465 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6466 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6468 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6469 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6470 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6472 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6473 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6475 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6476 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6477 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6478 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6480 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6481 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6482 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6484 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6486 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6488 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6490 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6494 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6495 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6498 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6499 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6501 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6503 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6504 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6505 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6509 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6510 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6513 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6516 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6518 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6521 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6523 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6529 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6530 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6533 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6537 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6539 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6540 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6542 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6545 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6546 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6548 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6550 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6551 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6556 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6557 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6560 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6565 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6568 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6572 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6574 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6576 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6577 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6581 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6582 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6586 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6591 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6595 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6598 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6600 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6601 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6602 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6603 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6605 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6608 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6609 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6612 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6613 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6615 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6616 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6617 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6619 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6621 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6622 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6623 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6624 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6627 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6630 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6632 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6633 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6634 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6638 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6639 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6642 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6646 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6647 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6648 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6649 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6651 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6652 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6658 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6659 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6661 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6665 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6666 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6667 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6669 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6674 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6675 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6677 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6681 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6682 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6683 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6684 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6685 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6687 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6691 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6692 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6693 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6694 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6696 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6700 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6701 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6702 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6706 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6710 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6713 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6714 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6716 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6720 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6721 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6722 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6724 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6726 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6727 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6728 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6729 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6731 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6732 §ion_sym_count
);
6734 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6735 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6736 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6737 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6739 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6740 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6741 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6744 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6748 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6749 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6750 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6751 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6752 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6753 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6754 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6755 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6756 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6758 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6759 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6762 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6763 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6764 ++section_sym_count
;
6765 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6767 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6769 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6770 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6771 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6773 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6774 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6776 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6778 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6780 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6781 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6783 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6784 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6785 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6787 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6788 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6790 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6791 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6792 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6799 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6801 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6804 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6807 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6809 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6810 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6811 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6812 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6813 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6814 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6817 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6818 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6819 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6822 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6825 unsigned char *contents
;
6826 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6830 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6832 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6833 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6835 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6836 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6837 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6840 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6841 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6842 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6845 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6846 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6847 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6850 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6855 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6857 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6859 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6863 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6864 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6866 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6868 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6869 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6870 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6871 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6872 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6873 if (contents
== NULL
)
6875 s
->contents
= contents
;
6876 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6877 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6878 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6879 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6880 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6881 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6882 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6883 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6884 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6885 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6886 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6887 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6888 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6892 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6893 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6897 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6899 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6901 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6902 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6904 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6905 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6907 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6913 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6914 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6915 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6916 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6917 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6918 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6919 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6920 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6922 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6926 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6927 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6928 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6929 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6931 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6932 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6933 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6934 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6936 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6937 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6939 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6940 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6942 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6943 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6944 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6946 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6947 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6948 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6949 if (contents
== NULL
)
6951 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6952 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6956 s
->contents
= contents
;
6957 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6961 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6963 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6965 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6966 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6972 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6974 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6975 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6976 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6978 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6979 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6981 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6983 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6986 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6987 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6991 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6992 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6994 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6996 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6998 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6999 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7006 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7009 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7012 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7013 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7016 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7019 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7024 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7027 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7028 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7029 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7030 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7031 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7032 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7033 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7034 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7036 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7038 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7039 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7040 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7041 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7043 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7044 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7047 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7048 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7049 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7053 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7055 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7056 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7057 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7060 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7064 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7065 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7070 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7071 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7075 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7077 /* Set local fields. */
7080 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7081 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7082 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7083 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7084 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7085 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7086 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7087 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7094 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7095 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7098 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7100 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7102 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7104 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7105 symbol which just became indirect. */
7107 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7108 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7109 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7110 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7111 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7112 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7113 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7115 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7118 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7119 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7120 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7121 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7123 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7124 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7125 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7126 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7129 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7131 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7132 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7133 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7134 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7137 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7139 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7140 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7141 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7142 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7144 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7149 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7151 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7153 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7154 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7156 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7161 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7162 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7165 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7171 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7175 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7176 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7178 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7179 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7181 unsigned int entsize
,
7182 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7185 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7187 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7188 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7189 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7190 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7191 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7192 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7194 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7196 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7197 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7202 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7204 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7205 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7207 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7208 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7210 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7214 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7215 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7221 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7226 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7229 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7231 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7233 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7234 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7235 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7236 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7237 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7240 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7241 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7242 entry for a dynamic object. */
7245 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7247 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7248 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7249 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7253 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7256 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7257 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7258 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7265 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7267 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7268 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7269 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7272 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7273 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7275 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7276 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7277 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7279 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7281 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7284 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7285 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7287 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7288 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7289 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7291 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7293 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7296 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7297 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7298 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7301 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7303 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7304 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7305 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7309 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7310 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7313 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7314 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7317 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7318 unsigned int elfsec
;
7319 unsigned long shlink
;
7320 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7322 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7326 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7327 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7330 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7331 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7334 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7337 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7338 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7341 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7343 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7344 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7347 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7348 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7350 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7352 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7354 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7357 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7360 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7361 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7364 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7369 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7390 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7392 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7393 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7394 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7397 struct elf_symbuf_head
7399 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7401 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7408 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7409 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7414 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7417 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7419 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7420 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7422 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7426 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7428 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7429 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7430 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7433 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7434 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7436 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7437 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7438 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7439 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7441 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7445 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7446 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7447 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7450 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7451 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7454 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7455 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7456 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7459 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7460 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7461 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7462 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7468 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7469 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7470 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7471 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7472 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7474 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7477 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7478 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7479 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7481 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7482 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7483 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7486 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7487 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7494 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7498 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7499 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7503 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7504 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7505 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7506 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7507 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7508 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7509 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7510 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7516 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7517 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7518 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7521 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7524 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7525 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7526 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7529 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7530 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7531 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7532 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7533 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7534 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7536 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7542 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7543 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7545 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7547 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7549 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7552 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7553 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7554 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7557 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7559 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7561 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7564 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7565 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7566 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7569 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7571 /* Optimized faster version. */
7573 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7574 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7577 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7582 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7583 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7585 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7589 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7596 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7601 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7602 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7604 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7608 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7614 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7618 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7620 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7621 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7625 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7626 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7628 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7629 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7635 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7636 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7638 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7639 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7644 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7645 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7646 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7647 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7648 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7650 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7651 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7652 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7653 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7654 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7661 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7662 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7663 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7664 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7665 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7668 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7670 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7671 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7672 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7675 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7676 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7677 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7679 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7682 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7684 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7685 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7687 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7689 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7690 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7692 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7693 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7694 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7695 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7696 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7698 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7699 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7700 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7701 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7702 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7720 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7723 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7724 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7728 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7729 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7732 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7735 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7737 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7739 struct elf_final_link_info
7741 /* General link information. */
7742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7745 /* Symbol string table. */
7746 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7747 /* .hash section. */
7749 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7750 asection
*symver_sec
;
7751 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7753 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7754 void *external_relocs
;
7755 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7756 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7757 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7759 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7760 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7761 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7762 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7764 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7765 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7766 of any input BFD. */
7768 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7769 symbol of any input BFD. */
7770 asection
**sections
;
7771 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7772 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7773 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7774 size_t filesym_count
;
7777 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7779 struct elf_outext_info
7782 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7783 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7784 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7788 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7790 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7791 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7792 relocations themselves.
7794 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7795 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7796 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7797 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7799 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7800 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7801 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7802 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7805 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7806 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7809 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7810 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7814 <binary-operator> := as in C
7815 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7818 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7819 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7824 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7825 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7826 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7828 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7830 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7832 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7833 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7835 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7836 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7837 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7838 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7841 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7845 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7846 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7848 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7849 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7850 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7851 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7852 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7853 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7854 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7855 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7859 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7861 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7866 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7867 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7868 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7869 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7872 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7874 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7878 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7881 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7882 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7885 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7886 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7888 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7890 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7892 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7893 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7895 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7896 (unsigned long) *result
);
7902 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7903 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7904 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7908 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7909 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7911 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7912 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7913 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7915 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7916 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7924 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
7925 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
7926 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
7929 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7937 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7938 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7940 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7944 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7945 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
7946 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7948 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7949 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7952 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7954 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7956 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
7960 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7968 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7970 /* xgettext:c-format */
7971 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7976 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7979 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7981 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7990 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7992 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7997 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7999 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8012 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8016 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8020 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8021 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8023 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8025 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8029 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8030 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8031 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8033 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8034 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8035 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8036 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8038 if (symbol_is_section
)
8040 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8041 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8042 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8044 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8050 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8051 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8052 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8055 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8062 /* All that remains are operators. */
8064 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8065 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8067 sym += strlen (#op); \
8071 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8072 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8075 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8081 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8082 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8084 sym += strlen (#op); \
8088 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8089 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8092 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8093 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8096 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8126 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8133 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8134 unsigned long chunksz
,
8139 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8141 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8146 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8150 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8154 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8155 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8161 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8162 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8175 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8176 unsigned long chunksz
,
8183 /* Sanity checks. */
8184 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8187 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8188 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8189 && location
!= NULL
);
8191 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8193 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8195 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8196 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8197 of the loop below. */
8201 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8203 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8208 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8211 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8214 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8218 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8229 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8230 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8231 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8232 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8233 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8234 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8235 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8236 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8237 unsigned long encoded
)
8239 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8240 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8241 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8242 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8243 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8244 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8245 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8246 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8249 bfd_reloc_status_type
8250 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8251 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8253 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8256 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8257 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8258 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8260 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8261 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8262 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8263 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8264 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8266 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8267 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8268 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8270 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8273 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8275 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8277 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8278 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8281 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8282 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8283 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8284 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8285 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8286 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8287 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8292 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8293 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8294 ? complain_overflow_signed
8295 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8296 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8300 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8303 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8304 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8305 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8306 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8307 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8308 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8310 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8311 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8315 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8316 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8317 know the value is aligned. */
8320 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8327 const union aligned32
*a
8328 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8330 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8331 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8332 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8333 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8338 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8345 const union aligned32
*a
8346 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8348 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8349 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8350 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8351 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8355 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8357 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8364 const union aligned64
*a
8365 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8367 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8368 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8369 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8370 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8371 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8372 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8373 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8374 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8379 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8386 const union aligned64
*a
8387 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8389 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8390 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8391 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8392 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8393 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8394 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8395 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8396 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8401 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8402 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8403 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8407 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8409 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8413 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8415 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8416 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8417 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8419 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8422 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8424 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8425 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8427 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8429 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8430 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8435 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8438 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8445 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8449 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8450 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8452 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8455 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8458 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8460 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8461 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8462 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8463 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8464 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8467 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8468 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8470 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8472 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8475 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8476 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8478 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8480 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8481 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8482 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8483 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8489 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8490 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8491 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8492 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8493 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8499 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8500 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8501 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8502 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8503 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8504 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8507 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8508 speeding the main loop below. */
8509 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8510 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8512 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8521 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8522 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8523 have the same r_offset. */
8524 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8525 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8526 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8527 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8530 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8532 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8533 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8534 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8536 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8541 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8542 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8543 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8544 called. See pr17666. */
8545 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8546 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8547 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8548 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8549 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8550 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8551 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8552 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8556 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8560 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8562 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8563 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8564 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8568 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8569 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8570 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8572 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8575 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8576 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8577 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8583 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8589 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8590 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8591 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8595 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8597 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8598 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8599 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8601 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8602 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8604 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8606 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8608 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8610 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8612 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8614 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8620 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8622 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8623 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8625 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8627 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8629 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8631 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8633 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8635 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8641 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8643 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8646 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8647 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8648 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8649 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8650 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8651 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8652 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8653 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8654 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8655 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8657 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8659 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8660 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8661 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8662 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8663 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8665 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8667 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8668 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8671 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8672 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8673 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8674 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8676 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8678 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8680 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8681 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8682 It is of no help to us. */
8686 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8687 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8689 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8690 "they are in more than one size"),
8692 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8698 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8702 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8704 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8705 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8707 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8708 "they are in more than one size"),
8710 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8716 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8721 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8722 something is wrong. */
8723 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8724 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8725 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8730 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8731 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8733 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8735 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8737 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8738 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8739 It is of no help to us. */
8743 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8744 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8746 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8747 "they are in more than one size"),
8749 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8755 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8759 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8761 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8762 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8764 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8765 "they are in more than one size"),
8767 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8773 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8778 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8779 something is wrong. */
8780 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8781 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8782 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8787 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8791 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8793 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8800 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8801 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8802 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8803 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8807 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8808 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8809 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8810 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8814 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8815 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8816 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8818 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8821 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8822 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8824 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8827 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8831 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8832 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8836 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8837 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8839 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8841 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8842 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8844 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8845 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8847 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8849 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8850 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8851 relocs in this case. */
8856 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8857 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8859 while (erel
< erelend
)
8861 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8863 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8864 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8865 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8871 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8873 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8875 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8876 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8882 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8883 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8885 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8886 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8888 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8891 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8893 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
8894 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
8896 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
8897 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
8898 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8899 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
8901 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
8903 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
8904 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
8905 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
8906 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
8907 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8908 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
8914 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
8917 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
8922 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8923 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8925 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8926 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8929 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8930 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
8931 while (erel
< erelend
)
8933 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8934 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8941 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8945 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
8948 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8950 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8951 asection
*input_sec
,
8952 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8954 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8955 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8957 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
8958 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8959 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
8961 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8963 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8964 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8965 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8967 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8974 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
8975 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8978 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8979 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8981 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8983 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8987 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
8988 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
8989 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
8991 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
8992 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
8993 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
8995 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
8997 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9000 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9001 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9002 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9003 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9004 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9006 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9007 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9012 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9016 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9018 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9021 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9023 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9027 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9030 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9032 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9034 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9035 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9039 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9041 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9042 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9043 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9044 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9051 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9053 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9054 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9055 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9058 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9059 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9060 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9061 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9062 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9063 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9064 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9065 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9068 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9069 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9070 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9071 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9072 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9074 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9082 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9083 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9088 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9091 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9093 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9094 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9096 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9099 /* xgettext:c-format */
9100 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9101 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9108 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9109 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9110 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9111 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9112 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9115 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9116 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9117 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9120 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9122 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9125 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9126 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9127 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9129 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9135 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9136 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9137 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9139 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9140 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9144 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9145 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9146 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9149 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9150 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9153 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9155 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9157 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9160 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9164 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9165 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9166 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9167 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9168 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9169 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9171 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9173 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9175 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9176 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9179 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9181 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9182 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9184 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9189 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9190 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9193 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9196 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9198 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9201 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9202 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9203 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9204 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9207 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9208 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9209 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9217 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9218 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9219 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9222 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9223 unsigned short version_index
;
9225 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9226 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9229 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9232 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9235 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9237 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9239 && h
->forced_local
))
9241 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9242 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9243 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9248 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9249 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9251 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9265 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9268 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9270 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9271 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9273 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9277 case elf_stt_common
:
9280 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9287 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9288 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9289 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9290 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9291 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9295 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9297 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9298 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9299 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9301 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9302 asection
*input_sec
;
9303 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9308 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9310 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9311 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9315 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9316 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9318 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9323 if (h
->forced_local
)
9327 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9329 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9331 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9332 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9333 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9334 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9336 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9338 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9339 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9340 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9341 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9343 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9346 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9347 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9348 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9349 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9350 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9351 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9353 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9355 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9360 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9361 shared libraries. */
9362 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9367 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9368 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9372 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9374 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9375 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9376 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9378 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9379 /* xgettext:c-format */
9380 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9381 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9382 /* xgettext:c-format */
9383 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9385 /* xgettext:c-format */
9386 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9387 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9388 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9389 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9390 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
9391 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9393 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9397 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9398 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9399 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9404 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9406 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9410 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9412 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9413 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9414 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9416 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9417 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9418 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9419 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9420 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9421 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9422 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9424 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9425 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9426 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9427 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9432 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9433 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9434 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9435 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9438 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9439 && !h
->forced_local
)
9443 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9444 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9445 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9448 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9449 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9453 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9454 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9455 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9456 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9459 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9460 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9462 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9463 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9466 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9467 input_sec
->output_section
);
9468 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9471 /* xgettext:c-format */
9472 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9473 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9475 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9479 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9480 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9482 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9483 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9485 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9486 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9488 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9489 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9490 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9496 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9497 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9498 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9499 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9504 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9505 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9506 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9507 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9510 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9511 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9512 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9513 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9514 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9515 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9516 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9520 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9521 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9523 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9524 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9526 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9527 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9528 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9529 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9533 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9534 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9540 if (h
->forced_local
)
9542 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9543 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9544 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9546 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9547 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9548 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9549 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9550 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9551 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9553 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9554 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9556 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9557 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9558 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9559 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9560 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9561 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9563 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9564 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9566 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9567 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9568 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9569 || !h
->forced_local
)
9570 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9572 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9573 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9575 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9580 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9581 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9582 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9583 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9584 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9585 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9586 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9588 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9589 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9592 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9594 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9595 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9598 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9599 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9601 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9602 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9605 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9606 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9607 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9608 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9609 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9614 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9615 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9616 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9617 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9618 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9619 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9624 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9625 /* xgettext:c-format */
9626 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9627 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9628 /* xgettext:c-format */
9629 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9631 /* xgettext:c-format */
9632 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9633 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9635 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9639 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9640 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9641 the entry in the .hash section. */
9642 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9644 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9648 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9649 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9650 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9651 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
9652 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9653 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9655 || !h
->def_regular
))
9657 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9659 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9662 /* xgettext:c-format */
9663 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9664 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9665 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9670 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9671 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9672 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9673 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9675 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9678 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9680 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9682 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9683 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9688 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9689 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9692 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9693 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9694 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9695 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9696 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9698 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9699 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9700 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9703 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9705 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9706 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9708 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9710 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9711 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9712 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9713 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9715 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9719 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9720 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9722 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9723 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9727 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9729 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9730 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9732 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9733 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9734 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9738 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9739 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9740 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9741 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9743 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9745 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9749 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9752 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9753 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9754 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9755 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9756 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9757 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9758 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9759 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9760 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9761 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9763 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9765 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9766 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9767 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9768 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9769 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9772 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9775 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9776 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9780 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9785 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9791 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9792 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9795 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9797 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9799 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9801 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9802 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9803 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9809 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9810 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9811 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9817 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9818 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9819 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9820 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9821 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9822 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9823 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9824 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9827 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9829 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9832 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9835 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9838 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9841 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9844 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9845 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9847 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9848 asection
*s
= first
;
9852 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9855 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9863 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9864 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9868 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9872 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9875 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9876 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9878 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9879 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9881 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9886 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9887 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9888 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9889 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9892 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9894 int (*relocate_section
)
9895 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9896 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9898 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9901 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9902 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9903 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9905 asection
**ppsection
;
9907 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9908 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9909 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9910 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9912 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9914 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9915 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9916 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9918 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9919 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9921 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9924 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9925 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9927 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9932 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9933 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9936 /* Read the local symbols. */
9937 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9938 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9940 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9941 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9942 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9943 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9944 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9948 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9949 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9950 going into the output file. */
9951 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9952 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9954 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9958 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9964 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9966 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9973 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9974 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9975 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9976 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9977 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9978 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9981 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9984 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9985 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9989 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9990 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9992 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9993 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9999 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10000 output any undefined local symbol. */
10001 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10004 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10006 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10007 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10012 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10014 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10017 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10018 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10019 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10020 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10022 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10025 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10026 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10027 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10028 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10029 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10030 isec
->output_section
))
10033 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10034 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10039 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10040 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10041 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10043 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10044 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10045 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10046 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10047 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10050 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10052 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10053 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10054 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10056 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10057 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10059 if (!have_file_sym
)
10061 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10062 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10063 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10064 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10065 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10066 source file, but the best we can do. */
10067 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10068 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10069 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10070 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10071 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10072 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10073 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10074 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10075 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10082 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10083 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10084 isec
->output_section
);
10085 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10088 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10089 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10090 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10091 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10092 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10093 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10094 these requirements. */
10095 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10096 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10098 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10099 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10101 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10102 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10103 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10107 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10108 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10115 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10117 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10123 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10128 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10129 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10130 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10132 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10134 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10136 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10140 if (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10141 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10143 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10144 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10145 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10146 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10148 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10149 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10150 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10152 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10153 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10154 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10155 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10156 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10158 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10160 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10162 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10163 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10164 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10168 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10170 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10171 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10172 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10177 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10178 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10183 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10185 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10188 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10190 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10191 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10196 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10200 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10201 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10205 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10206 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10209 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10211 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10216 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10217 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10218 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10219 the routines which work on output files. */
10220 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10222 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10223 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10225 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10227 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10228 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10233 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10234 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10238 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10240 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10241 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10242 int action_discarded
;
10245 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10247 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10248 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10249 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10250 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10253 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10254 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10255 if (o
->size
> address_size
10256 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10257 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10258 ".init_array") == 0)
10259 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10260 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10261 ".fini_array") == 0))
10262 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10264 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10267 /* xgettext:c-format */
10268 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10269 "multiple of address size"),
10271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10274 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10277 action_discarded
= -1;
10278 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10279 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10281 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10282 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10283 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10284 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10285 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10287 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10288 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10289 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10291 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10292 unsigned int s_type
;
10293 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10294 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10295 const char *sym_name
;
10297 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10300 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10301 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10302 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10304 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10306 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10307 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10308 we do not seg fault. */
10313 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
10315 /* xgettext:c-format */
10316 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
10317 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10318 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
10319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10323 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10324 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10325 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10329 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10330 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10331 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10332 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10333 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10334 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
10335 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10336 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10337 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10338 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10339 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10340 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10341 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10343 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10344 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10348 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10349 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10350 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10352 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10356 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10358 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10359 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10360 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10364 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10365 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10368 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10369 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10371 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10372 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10373 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10374 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10375 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10376 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10377 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10378 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10379 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10381 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10382 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10385 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10386 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10391 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10393 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10394 discarded section. */
10395 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10397 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10398 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10399 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10400 /* xgettext:c-format */
10401 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10402 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10403 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10405 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10406 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10407 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10408 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10409 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10410 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10411 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10415 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10427 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10429 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10430 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10431 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10432 reloc addend as necessary.
10434 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10435 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10437 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10438 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10439 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10441 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10442 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10443 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10444 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10445 the addend to be adjusted. */
10447 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10448 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10456 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10457 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10459 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10460 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10461 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10462 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10463 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10464 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10465 unsigned int next_erel
;
10466 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10467 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10469 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10470 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10471 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10473 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10475 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10476 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10477 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10478 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10479 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10481 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10482 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10483 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10484 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10485 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10486 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10487 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10488 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10489 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10491 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10493 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10495 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10501 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10503 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10504 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10505 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10508 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10511 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10513 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10514 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10515 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10516 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10518 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10520 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10524 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10526 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10527 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10528 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10530 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10532 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10533 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10536 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10537 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10538 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10540 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10541 unsigned long indx
;
10543 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10544 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10545 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10546 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10547 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10548 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10549 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10550 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10551 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10552 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10553 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10554 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10556 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10557 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10558 used by a reloc. */
10559 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10567 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10570 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10571 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10572 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10574 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10575 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10576 processor specific section. */
10577 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10578 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10580 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10582 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10587 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10589 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10590 section will be the absolute section. In
10591 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10592 the kept section. relocate_section should
10593 have already handled discarded linkonce
10595 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10596 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10597 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10599 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10600 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10603 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10605 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10606 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10608 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10609 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10611 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10612 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10617 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10618 section winds up in the output section. */
10620 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10624 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10626 unsigned long shlink
;
10631 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10633 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10638 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10639 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10640 must output it now. */
10641 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10642 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10643 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10647 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10649 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10651 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10654 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10655 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10657 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10658 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10660 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10662 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10663 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10664 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10669 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10670 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10676 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10681 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10684 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10685 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10688 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10689 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10690 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10692 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10697 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10698 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10699 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10702 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10703 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10705 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10714 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10715 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10716 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10719 /* Section written out. */
10721 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10723 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10724 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10726 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10727 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10730 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10731 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10732 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10735 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10737 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10742 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10744 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10752 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10754 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10755 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10757 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10759 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10761 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10764 todo
-= address_size
;
10765 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10773 offset
+= address_size
;
10777 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10791 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10792 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10793 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10797 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10798 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10799 asection
*output_section
,
10800 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10802 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10806 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10807 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10808 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10810 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10813 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10815 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10822 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10825 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10826 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10827 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10834 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10835 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10836 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10838 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10839 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10840 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10844 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10846 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10847 actually against the section. */
10848 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10849 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10850 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10851 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10853 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10854 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10858 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10859 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10860 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10861 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10862 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10863 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10864 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10866 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10868 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10869 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10876 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10877 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
10882 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10884 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10886 bfd_size_type size
;
10887 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10890 const char *sym_name
;
10892 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10893 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10894 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10896 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10903 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10906 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10907 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10908 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10909 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10911 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10912 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
10913 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
10918 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10920 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
10927 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10928 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10930 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10931 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10932 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10934 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10936 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10937 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10938 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10940 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10941 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10943 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10945 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10946 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10947 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10949 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10950 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10954 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10955 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10956 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10965 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10968 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10970 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10974 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10975 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10976 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10977 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10979 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10980 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10981 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10982 where elfsec is 0. */
10985 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10986 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10987 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10988 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10989 /* xgettext:c-format */
10990 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10995 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10996 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11001 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11002 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11005 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11010 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11011 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11014 return apos
> bpos
;
11018 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11019 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11020 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11021 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11024 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11026 int seen_linkorder
;
11029 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11033 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11034 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11038 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11040 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11041 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11043 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11045 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11047 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11048 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11049 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11050 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11051 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11052 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11066 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11068 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11070 /* xgettext:c-format */
11071 (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] "
11072 "and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
11074 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
11078 (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11079 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11084 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11087 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11088 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11089 if (sections
== NULL
)
11091 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11093 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11095 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11097 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11098 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11099 compare_link_order
);
11101 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11103 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11105 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11106 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11107 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11108 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11109 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11116 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11117 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11120 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11122 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11124 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11126 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11128 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11132 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11134 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11135 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11137 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11140 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11141 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11142 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11143 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
))
11146 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11147 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11148 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11149 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11150 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11151 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11154 /* Get symbol table size. */
11155 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11159 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11160 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11161 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11165 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11166 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11167 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11170 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11171 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11172 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11175 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11178 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11179 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no symbol found for import library"),
11185 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11186 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11187 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11188 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11190 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11191 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11192 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11193 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11194 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11195 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11196 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11197 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11200 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11202 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11203 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11204 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11205 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11208 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11219 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11223 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11224 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11225 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11226 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11227 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11228 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11229 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11230 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11231 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11232 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11233 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11234 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11235 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11236 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11237 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11238 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11239 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11240 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11241 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11242 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11243 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11245 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11246 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11247 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11248 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11249 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11253 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11256 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11258 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11259 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11261 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11263 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11265 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11266 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11267 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11268 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11269 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11270 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11272 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11274 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11275 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11276 bfd_boolean merged
;
11277 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11278 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11280 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11281 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11282 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11283 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11285 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11288 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11289 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11291 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11292 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11294 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11295 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11297 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11298 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11299 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11300 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11305 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11306 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11310 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11311 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11312 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11313 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11316 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11317 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11318 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11319 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11320 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11321 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11322 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11323 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11324 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11325 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11327 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11328 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11330 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11331 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11333 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11334 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11336 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11338 asection
*input_section
;
11340 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11342 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11343 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11344 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11345 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11348 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11351 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11353 /* Skip this section later on. */
11354 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11357 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11361 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11362 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11363 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11364 max_contents_size
= 0;
11365 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11366 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11368 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11370 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11372 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11373 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11375 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11377 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11378 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11379 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11381 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11382 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11384 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11388 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11390 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11391 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11392 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11393 the linker has decided to not include. */
11394 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11396 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11399 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11400 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11401 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11402 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11404 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11405 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11409 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11411 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11412 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11413 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11415 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11417 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11418 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11420 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11421 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11422 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11424 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11425 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11426 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11427 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11428 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11430 else if (emit_relocs
)
11432 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11433 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11436 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11437 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11440 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11441 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11443 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11445 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11447 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11449 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11450 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11451 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11452 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11454 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11455 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11456 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11457 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11462 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11465 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11466 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11468 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11472 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11473 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11475 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11477 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11478 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11484 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11486 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11490 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11491 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11494 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11495 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11496 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11497 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11500 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11501 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11502 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11503 sections are handled correctly. */
11504 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11505 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11509 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11510 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11512 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11513 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11514 to create a symbol table. */
11515 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11516 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11517 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11520 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11521 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11523 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11524 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11527 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11531 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11535 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11536 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11537 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11538 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11540 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11542 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11543 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11544 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11545 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11546 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11549 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11550 if (contents
== NULL
)
11552 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11556 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11557 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11558 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11559 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11560 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11561 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11562 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11563 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11564 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11565 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11566 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11567 /* sh_info is set below. */
11568 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11569 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11571 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11572 max_sym_count
= 20;
11573 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11574 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11575 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11576 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11578 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11580 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11581 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11583 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11585 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11587 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11589 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11590 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11591 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11593 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11595 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11596 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11597 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11598 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11599 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11600 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11601 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11602 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11605 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11606 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11607 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11608 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11609 outputting relocs. */
11611 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11612 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11613 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11614 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11615 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11616 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11618 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11621 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11622 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11623 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11624 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11625 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11632 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11634 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11636 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11637 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11641 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11643 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11644 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11648 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11650 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11651 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11652 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11653 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11657 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11659 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11660 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11661 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11664 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11665 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11666 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11669 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11670 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11671 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11674 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11675 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11676 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11680 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11682 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11683 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11684 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11690 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11693 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
11694 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11697 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11700 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11702 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11705 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11707 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11709 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11710 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11711 alignment requirements. */
11712 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11713 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11714 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11717 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11718 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11720 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11724 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11727 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11728 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11729 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11730 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11731 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11733 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11734 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11735 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11736 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11737 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11738 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11739 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11740 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11741 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11742 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11743 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11744 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11745 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11747 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11748 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11749 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11751 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11753 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11754 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11755 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11756 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11758 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11760 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11762 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11765 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11766 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11768 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11773 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11775 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11776 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11777 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11778 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11779 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11781 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11783 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11785 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11786 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11787 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11791 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11793 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11794 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11795 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11799 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11801 /* xgettext:c-format */
11802 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11803 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11812 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11813 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11815 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11816 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11817 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11819 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11820 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11824 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11825 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11826 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11827 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11828 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11829 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11830 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11831 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11832 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11833 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11834 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11838 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11839 table, do it now. */
11840 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11841 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11843 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11844 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11845 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11847 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11848 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11849 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11853 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11854 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11855 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11856 converted to local in a version script. */
11858 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11859 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11862 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
11863 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11865 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11866 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
11868 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
11869 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
11871 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11872 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11873 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
11879 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11881 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11883 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11889 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11892 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11893 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11894 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11895 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11897 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11898 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11899 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11903 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11904 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
11906 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11907 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11912 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11913 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11914 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11916 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11918 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11923 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11924 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11926 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11928 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11931 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11932 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11937 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11938 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11939 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11940 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11941 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11945 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11946 table, do it now. */
11947 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
11948 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11950 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11951 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11952 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11954 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11955 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11956 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11960 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
11961 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11963 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
11964 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
11967 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11968 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11970 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11972 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
11973 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11975 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
11976 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11978 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11979 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11980 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11981 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11982 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11984 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11987 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11988 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11992 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11993 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11994 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11995 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
11996 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11997 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11998 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11999 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12000 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12001 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12002 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12004 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12006 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12008 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12009 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12013 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: failed to generate import library"),
12016 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12020 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12021 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12023 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12025 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12028 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12029 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12030 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
))
12032 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12033 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
))
12036 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12037 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12038 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12041 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12042 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12044 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12045 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12048 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12050 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12051 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12052 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12054 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12055 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12056 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12058 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12062 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12069 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12071 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12073 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12074 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12077 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12084 name
= info
->init_function
;
12087 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12090 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12092 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12094 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12095 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12097 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12098 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12099 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12100 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12101 + o
->output_offset
);
12104 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12105 library and does not apply to this one. */
12106 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12113 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12114 name
= ".preinit_array";
12116 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12117 name
= ".init_array";
12119 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12120 name
= ".fini_array";
12122 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12126 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12131 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12132 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12135 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12136 name
= ".preinit_array";
12138 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12139 name
= ".init_array";
12141 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12142 name
= ".fini_array";
12144 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12151 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12160 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12163 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12166 name
= ".gnu.version";
12168 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12173 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12176 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12179 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12180 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12183 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12190 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12194 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
12195 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12196 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12200 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12201 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12202 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12204 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12205 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12208 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
12209 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
12210 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12214 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12216 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12217 overall reloc count. */
12218 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12219 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12220 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12221 it from DT_RELA. */
12222 else if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12223 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12224 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12228 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12232 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12233 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12235 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12238 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12239 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12240 || info
->error_textrel
)
12241 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12243 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12245 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12246 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12247 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12249 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12251 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12253 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12255 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12256 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12257 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12259 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12260 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12266 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12268 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12270 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12272 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12274 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12275 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12278 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12280 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12282 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12284 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12286 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12287 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12293 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12297 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12298 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12299 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12305 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12307 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12309 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12314 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12315 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12317 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12321 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12324 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12326 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12330 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12331 if (contents
== NULL
)
12332 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12333 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12334 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12341 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12345 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12348 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12349 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12351 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12352 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12354 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12355 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12357 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12358 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12359 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12360 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12362 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12363 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12367 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12368 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12371 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12372 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12374 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12376 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12377 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12379 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12380 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12382 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12384 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12387 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12388 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12393 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12396 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12398 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12400 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12401 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12402 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12403 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12406 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12407 of input bfd ABFD. */
12410 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12411 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12414 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12416 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12418 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12419 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12423 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12425 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12426 info
->keep_memory
);
12427 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12429 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12430 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
12431 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
12433 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12437 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12441 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12444 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12445 free (cookie
->rels
);
12448 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12451 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12452 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12455 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12457 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12462 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12467 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12471 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12474 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12475 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12478 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12480 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12483 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12484 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12485 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12487 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12491 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12493 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12494 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12495 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12497 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12498 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12505 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12510 /* For undefined __start_<name> and __stop_<name> symbols, return the
12511 first input section matching <name>. Return NULL otherwise. */
12514 _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
12518 const char *sec_name
;
12520 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
12521 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
12524 s
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
;
12527 if (s
== (asection
*) 0 - 1)
12533 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
12534 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
12535 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
12536 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
12538 if (sec_name
!= NULL
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
12542 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12544 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
12547 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= s
;
12554 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= (asection
*) 0 - 1;
12559 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12560 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12561 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12564 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12565 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12566 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12567 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12569 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12570 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12572 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12573 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12576 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12577 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12579 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12582 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12586 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12587 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12588 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12590 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12591 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12592 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12593 handling copy relocs. */
12594 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12595 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12597 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12599 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark all XXX input sections
12600 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
12601 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
12602 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
12603 representable as a C identifier. */
12604 asection
*s
= _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (info
, h
);
12608 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12613 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12616 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12617 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12620 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12621 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12622 the relocation symbol. */
12625 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12627 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12628 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12631 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12633 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12634 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12636 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12638 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12639 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12641 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12646 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12651 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12652 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12653 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12656 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12658 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12661 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12665 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12666 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12667 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12668 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12671 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12673 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12674 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12675 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12676 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12678 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12680 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12684 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12685 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12690 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12694 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12696 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12698 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12702 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12703 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12705 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12709 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12710 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12711 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12717 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12720 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12722 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12724 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12727 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12728 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12730 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12731 and special section. */
12732 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12735 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12736 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12738 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12739 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12741 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12743 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12745 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12746 keep all sections in this group. */
12747 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12752 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12754 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12758 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12761 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12762 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12766 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12769 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12770 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12772 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12775 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12776 see if any other section is already marked,
12777 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12778 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12779 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12781 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12783 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12786 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12787 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12788 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12789 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12792 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12793 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12797 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12798 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12799 just debug sections or special sections. */
12800 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12802 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12803 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12804 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12805 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12806 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12810 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12813 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12814 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12815 are associated with that code section. */
12816 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12817 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12818 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12823 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12825 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12826 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12827 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12829 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12833 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12834 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12837 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12840 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12841 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12851 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12853 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12855 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12856 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12861 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12864 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12865 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12866 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12867 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12868 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12869 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12871 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12873 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12874 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12875 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12876 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12877 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12883 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12885 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12886 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12889 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12892 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12893 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12894 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12895 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12897 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12901 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12902 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12905 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12907 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12908 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12909 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12911 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12913 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12914 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12920 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12921 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12924 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12925 to remove a section from the output. */
12926 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12928 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12929 /* xgettext:c-format */
12930 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12932 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12933 info we collected before. */
12935 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12936 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12937 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12938 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12939 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12941 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12945 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12946 info
->keep_memory
);
12947 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12950 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12952 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12953 free (internal_relocs
);
12961 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12962 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12963 static symbol table as well? */
12964 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12965 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12966 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12969 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12973 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12974 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12977 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12979 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12980 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12983 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12984 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12987 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12988 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12991 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12992 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12994 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12996 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12998 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12999 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
13004 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13006 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13007 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13009 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
13012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13013 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13015 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13016 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13017 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13032 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13035 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13036 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13038 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13040 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13041 well as those that are not loaded. */
13042 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13045 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13046 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13048 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13049 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13050 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13052 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13054 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13055 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13056 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13058 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
13060 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13061 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13063 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13064 if (h
->vtable
->used
13065 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
13067 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13068 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
13071 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13072 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13078 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13079 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13083 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13085 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13086 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13088 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13089 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13091 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13092 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13093 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13094 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13095 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13096 || info
->export_dynamic
13099 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13100 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13101 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13102 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13103 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13108 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13109 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13112 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13114 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13116 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13118 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13120 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13121 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13124 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13125 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13126 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13127 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13128 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13133 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13134 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13136 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13138 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13141 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13143 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13146 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13149 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13151 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13152 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13154 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13155 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13162 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13165 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13167 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13169 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13170 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13171 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13173 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13174 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13176 _bfd_error_handler(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13180 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13181 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13183 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13184 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13185 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13186 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13187 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13190 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13192 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13193 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13195 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13196 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13197 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13198 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13199 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13200 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13204 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13205 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13209 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13210 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13214 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13215 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13216 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13218 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13219 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13220 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13224 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13225 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13228 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13229 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13231 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13233 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13234 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13235 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13236 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13238 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13243 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13244 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13246 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13247 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13250 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13253 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13255 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13259 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13260 size_t extsymcount
;
13261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13263 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13264 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13266 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13267 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13268 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13270 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13271 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13273 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13274 offset as the relocation. */
13275 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13277 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13278 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13279 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13280 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13281 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13285 /* xgettext:c-format */
13286 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT"),
13287 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
13288 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13292 if (!child
->vtable
)
13294 child
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13295 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
)));
13296 if (!child
->vtable
)
13301 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13302 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13303 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13304 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13306 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13309 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
13314 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13317 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13318 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13322 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13323 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13327 h
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13328 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
)));
13333 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
13335 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13336 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13338 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13340 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13341 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13342 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13346 if (addend
>= size
)
13348 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13349 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13350 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13353 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13355 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13356 consolidation pass. */
13357 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13361 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13367 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13368 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13369 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13373 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13378 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13379 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13380 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
13383 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13388 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13392 flagword flag_value
;
13393 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13395 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13397 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13398 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13399 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13400 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13401 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13402 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13403 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13404 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13405 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13406 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13407 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13408 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13411 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13413 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13414 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13417 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13419 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13421 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13423 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13425 int without_hex
= 0;
13427 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13430 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13432 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13433 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13435 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13439 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13440 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13441 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13442 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13447 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13449 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13451 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13452 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13453 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13454 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13461 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13462 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13466 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13467 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13468 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13471 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13474 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13480 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13482 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13485 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13486 to real got offsets. */
13489 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13491 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13492 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13493 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13495 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13497 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13498 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13501 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13506 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13507 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13510 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13511 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13514 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13516 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13518 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13520 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13523 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13524 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13525 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13528 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13530 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13531 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13533 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13534 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13537 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13540 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13544 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13545 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13546 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13548 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13550 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13552 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13554 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13555 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13558 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13562 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13563 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13564 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13565 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13566 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13567 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13572 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13573 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13576 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13578 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13581 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13582 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13586 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13588 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13590 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13591 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13593 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13595 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13597 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13598 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13600 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13603 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13604 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13607 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13608 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13610 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13612 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13614 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13615 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13616 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13618 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13619 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13620 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13621 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13622 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13627 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13628 but it could be a relocation against a local
13629 symbol for a discarded section. */
13631 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13633 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13634 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13635 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13637 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13638 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13646 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13647 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13648 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13649 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13652 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13654 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13659 if (info
->traditional_format
13660 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13663 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13668 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13671 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13672 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13676 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13679 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13682 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13683 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13684 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13688 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13693 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13694 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13699 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13705 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13708 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13711 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13712 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13713 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13717 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13721 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13723 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13725 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13728 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13730 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13732 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13735 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13738 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13742 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13743 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13745 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13746 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13747 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13754 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13756 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13759 const char *name
, *key
;
13760 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13761 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13763 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13766 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13768 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13769 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13770 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13773 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13774 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13775 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13778 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13780 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13781 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13782 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13783 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13786 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13787 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13788 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13791 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13792 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13793 single member groups. */
13797 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13799 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13801 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13802 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13803 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13804 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13805 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13806 type of section. */
13807 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13808 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13809 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13810 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13812 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13813 issue a warning. */
13814 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13817 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13819 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13820 asection
*s
= first
;
13824 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13825 /* Record which group discards it. */
13826 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13827 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13828 /* These lists are circular. */
13838 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13839 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13840 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13842 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13844 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13845 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13846 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13847 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13848 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13850 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13851 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13852 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13857 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13858 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13859 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13861 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13864 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13865 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13867 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13868 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13873 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13874 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13875 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13876 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13877 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13878 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13879 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13880 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13881 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13882 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13883 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13885 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13886 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13887 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13888 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13890 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13891 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13895 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13896 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13897 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13898 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13902 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13904 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13908 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13914 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13916 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13920 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13921 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13923 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13924 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13926 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13927 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13930 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13932 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13934 static const char *
13935 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13937 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13940 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13941 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13943 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13946 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13947 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13952 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13953 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13954 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13958 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13960 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13962 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13964 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13966 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13970 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13972 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13973 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13980 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13981 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13982 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13985 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13986 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13987 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13988 string table associated with ABFD. */
13991 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
13993 unsigned int alignment
,
13995 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13997 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13999 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14001 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14006 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14008 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14010 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14011 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14012 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14013 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14015 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14016 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14018 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14019 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14020 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14021 seen to be a .rela section. */
14022 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14023 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14028 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14034 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14035 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14036 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14037 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14039 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14040 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14041 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14045 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14047 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14048 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14050 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14051 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14054 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14057 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14059 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14060 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14061 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14062 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14065 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14068 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14070 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14071 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14072 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14073 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);